blob: 02c41da30b2a07bc6c4967cb549aba8d8373299a [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +000017#include "AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000026#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregor314b97f2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000031#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000034
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000035/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
36/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
37///
38/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
39/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
40/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
41/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
42/// function is being used.
43///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000044/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
45/// decls.
46///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000047/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
48/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000054 }
55
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000056 // See if the decl is unavailable
57 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
58 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
59 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
60 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +000061
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000064 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
65 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
66 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
67 return true;
68 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000069 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000071 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000072}
73
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000076/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
77///
78void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 return;
Douglas Gregor92e986e2010-04-22 16:44:27 +000083
84 // FIXME: In C++0x, if any of the arguments are parameter pack
85 // expansions, we can't check for the sentinel now.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
87 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000088
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000089 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
90 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000091 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000092 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
93 int isMethod = 0;
94 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
95 // skip over named parameters.
96 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
97 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
98 if (nullPos)
99 --nullPos;
100 else
101 ++i;
102 }
103 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
104 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000105 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 // skip over named parameters.
107 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
108 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
109 if (nullPos)
110 --nullPos;
111 else
112 ++i;
113 }
114 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000115 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000116 // block or function pointer call.
117 QualType Ty = V->getType();
118 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000119 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000120 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
121 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000122 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
123 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
124 unsigned k;
125 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
126 if (nullPos)
127 --nullPos;
128 else
129 ++i;
130 }
131 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
132 }
133 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
134 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000135 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000136 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000137 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000138 return;
139
140 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000141 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000142 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000143 return;
144 }
145 int sentinel = i;
146 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
147 --sentinelPos;
148 ++i;
149 }
150 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
151 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000152 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000153 return;
154 }
155 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
156 ++i;
157 ++sentinel;
158 }
159 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlssone4d2bdd2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000160 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
Douglas Gregor92e986e2010-04-22 16:44:27 +0000161 !sentinelExpr->isTypeDependent() &&
162 !sentinelExpr->isValueDependent() &&
Anders Carlssone4d2bdd2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000163 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
164 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
165 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000168 }
169 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000170}
171
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000172SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
173 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
174 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
175}
176
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000177//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
178// Standard Promotions and Conversions
179//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
180
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000181/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
182void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
183 QualType Ty = E->getType();
184 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
185
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000186 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000187 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000188 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000189 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
190 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
191 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
192 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
193 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
194 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
195 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000196 //
197 // C++ 4.2p1:
198 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
199 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
200 //
201 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
202 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000203 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
204 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000205 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000206}
207
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000208void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
209 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000210
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000211 QualType Ty = E->getType();
212 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
213 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
214 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
215 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
216 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
217 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
218 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
219 // rvalue is T
220 //
221 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000222 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
223 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000224 // type of the lvalue.
225 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
226 }
227}
228
229
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000230/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000231/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000232/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
233/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
234/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
235Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
236 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
237 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000238
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000239 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
240 //
241 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
242 // unsigned int may be used:
243 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
244 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
245 // and unsigned int.
246 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
247 //
248 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
249 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
250 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
251 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000252 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
253 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000255 return Expr;
256 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000257 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000258 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000259 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000260 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000261 }
262
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000263 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000264 return Expr;
265}
266
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000267/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
270void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
271 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
272 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000273
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000274 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000275 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000276 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000277 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
278 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000279
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000280 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
281}
282
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000283/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
284/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
285/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
286/// completely illegal.
287bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000288 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000289
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000290 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
291 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
292 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
293 << Expr->getType() << CT))
294 return true;
Douglas Gregor75b699a2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000295
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000296 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000297 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000298 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
299 << Expr->getType() << CT))
300 return true;
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000301
302 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000303}
304
305
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000306/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
307/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000308/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000309/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
310/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
311/// GCC.
312QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
313 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000314 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000315 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000316
317 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000318
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000319 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000321 QualType lhs =
322 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000323 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000324 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000325
326 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
327 if (lhs == rhs)
328 return lhs;
329
330 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
331 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
332 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
333 return lhs;
334
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000336 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000337 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
338 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000339 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000340 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
341 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
342
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000343 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000344 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000345 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
346 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000347 return destType;
348}
349
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000350//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
351// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
352//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
353
354
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000355/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000356/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
357/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
358/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
359/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000360///
361Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000362Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000363 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
364
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000365 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000366 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000367 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000368
369 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
370 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
371 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000372
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000373 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000374 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000375 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000376
377 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
John McCall4b7a8342010-03-15 10:54:44 +0000378 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings )
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000379 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000380
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
382 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
383 // strings.
384 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000385 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000386 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000387
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000388 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000389 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000390 Literal.GetStringLength(),
391 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
392 &StringTokLocs[0],
393 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000394}
395
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000396/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
397/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
398/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
399/// for values inside the block or for globals).
400///
Douglas Gregor076ceb02010-03-01 20:44:28 +0000401/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000402/// up-to-date.
403///
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000404static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock,
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000405 ValueDecl *VD) {
406 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
407 // we wanted to.
408 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
409 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000411 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
412 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
413 return false;
414
415 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
416 // snapshot it.
417 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
418 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000419 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
420 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000421
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000422 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
423 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
424
425 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
426 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
427 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
428 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000429 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) {
430 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000431
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000432 if (!NextBlock)
433 continue;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000434
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000435 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
436 // having a reference outside it.
437 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
438 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000440 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
441 // a snapshot as well.
442 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
443 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000445 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000446}
447
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000448
449
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000450/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000451Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalldbd872f2009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000452Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000453 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000454 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
455 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000457 << D->getDeclName();
458 return ExprError();
459 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000461 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
462 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
463 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
464 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000465 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000466 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000467 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000468 << D->getIdentifier();
469 return ExprError();
470 }
471 }
472 }
473 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000474
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000475 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000476
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000477 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
478 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
479 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor0da76df2009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000480 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000481}
482
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000483/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
484/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
485/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000486static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
487 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000488 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000490
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000491 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
492 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
493 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000494 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000495 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000496 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000497 D != DEnd; ++D) {
498 if (*D == Record) {
499 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
500 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
501 ++D;
502 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000503 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000504 return *D;
505 }
506 }
507
508 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
509 return 0;
510}
511
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000512/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
513/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
514/// actual member.
515///
516/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
517/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
518/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
519/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
520/// we found.
521///
522/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
523/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
524/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
525VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
526 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
528 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
529 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
530
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000531 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
533 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
534 do {
535 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000536 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000537 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000538 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000539 else {
540 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
541 break;
542 }
543 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000544 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000545 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000546
547 return BaseObject;
548}
549
550Sema::OwningExprResult
551Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
552 FieldDecl *Field,
553 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
554 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
555 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000556 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000557 AnonFields);
558
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000559 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
560 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
561 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
562 // found via name lookup.
563 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000564 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000565 if (BaseObject) {
566 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
567 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000568 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000569 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000570 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000571 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000572 BaseQuals
573 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
575 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
576 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
577 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
578 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000579 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
581 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
582 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000583 BaseQuals
584 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000585 } else {
586 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
587 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
588 // program our base object expression is "this".
589 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
590 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000591 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000592 = Context.getTagDeclType(
593 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
594 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000595 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000596 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
597 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
598 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor8aa5f402009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000599 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000600 MD->getThisType(Context),
601 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
603 }
604 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000605 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
606 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000607 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000608 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609 }
610
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000611 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000612 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
613 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 }
615
616 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
617 // anonymous struct/union.
618 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000619 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000620 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
621 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
622 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
623 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000624 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
625 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
626
627 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
628 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
629 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
630 ResultQuals.removeConst();
631
632 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
633 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
634
635 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
636 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
637
638 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
639 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
640 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
641
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000642 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000643 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000644 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000645 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
646 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000647 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000648 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000649 }
650
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000651 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000652}
653
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000654/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
655/// possibly a list of template arguments.
656///
657/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
658/// DecomposeTemplateName.
659///
660/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
661/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
662/// some way.
663static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
664 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
665 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
666 DeclarationName &Name,
667 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
668 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
669 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
670 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
671 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
672
673 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
674 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
675 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
676 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
677 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
678
679 TemplateName TName =
680 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
681
682 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
683 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
684 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
685 } else {
686 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
687 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
688 TemplateArgs = 0;
689 }
690}
691
692/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
693///
694/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
695/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
696/// found template arguments.
697static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
698 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
699 TemplateName TName =
700 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
701
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000702 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
703 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000704 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
705 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
706 I != E; ++I)
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000707 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCallb681b612009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000708
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000709 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000710}
711
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000712/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
713/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
714/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000715static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000716 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
717 return false;
718
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000719 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
720 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
721 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
722 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
723 if (!BaseRT) return false;
724
725 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000726 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000727 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
728 return false;
729 }
730
731 return true;
732}
733
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000734/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
735/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
736static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000737 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000738
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000739 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
740 if (!DC) return true;
741
742 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
743 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
744
745 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
746 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
747
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000748 return false;
749}
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000750
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000751/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
752/// the prospective base classes.
753static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
754 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
755 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000756 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000757 return false;
758
Douglas Gregor952b0172010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000759 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000760 if (!RD) return false;
761 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
762
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000763 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
764 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
765 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
766 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
767 if (!BaseRT) return false;
768
769 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000770 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
771 return false;
772 }
773
774 return true;
775}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000776
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000777enum IMAKind {
778 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
779 IMA_Static,
780
781 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
782 IMA_Mixed,
783
784 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
785 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
786 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
787
788 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
789 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
790 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
791
792 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
793 IMA_Instance,
794
795 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
796 IMA_Unresolved,
797
798 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
799 /// context is not an instance method.
800 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
801
802 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
803 /// non-class context.
804 IMA_AnonymousMember,
805
806 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
807 /// context is not an instance method.
808 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
809
810 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
811 /// class.
812 IMA_Error_Unrelated
813};
814
815/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
816/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
817/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
818/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
819/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
820/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
821static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
822 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000823 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000824
825 bool isStaticContext =
826 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
827 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
828
829 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
830 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
831
832 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
833 bool hasNonInstance = false;
834 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
835 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +0000836 NamedDecl *D = *I;
837 if (D->isCXXInstanceMember()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000838 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
839
840 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
841 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
842 // that's a special case.
843 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
844 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
845 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
846 }
847 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
848 }
849 else
850 hasNonInstance = true;
851 }
852
853 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
854 // member reference.
855 if (Classes.empty())
856 return IMA_Static;
857
858 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
859 // an implicit member reference.
860 if (isStaticContext)
861 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
862
863 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
864 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
865 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
866 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
867 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
868 Classes))
869 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
870
871 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
872}
873
874/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
875static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
876 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
877 const LookupResult &R) {
878 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
879 SourceRange Range(Loc);
880 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
881
882 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
883 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
884 if (MD->isStatic()) {
885 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
886 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
887 << Range << R.getLookupName();
888 return;
889 }
890 }
891
892 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
893 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
894 return;
895 }
896
897 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000898}
899
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000900/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
901///
902/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +0000903bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000904 LookupResult &R) {
905 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
906
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000907 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000908 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000909 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
910 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000911 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000912 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000913 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
914 }
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000915
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000916 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
917 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
918 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
919 // dependent name.
920 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
921 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000922 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
923 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
924
925 if (!R.empty()) {
926 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
927 R.suppressDiagnostics();
928
929 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
930 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
931 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
932 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
933
934 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
935 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
936 // Actually quite difficult!
937 if (isInstance)
938 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000939 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000940 else
941 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
942
943 // Do we really want to note all of these?
944 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
945 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
946
947 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
948 return false;
949 }
950 }
951 }
952
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000953 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000954 DeclarationName Corrected;
955 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS))) {
956 if (!R.empty()) {
957 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
958 if (SS.isEmpty())
959 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
960 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
961 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
962 else
963 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
964 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
965 << SS.getRange()
966 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
967 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
968 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
969 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
970 << ND->getDeclName();
971
972 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
973 return false;
974 }
975
976 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
977 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
978 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
979 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
980 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
981 // to recover well anyway.
982 if (SS.isEmpty())
983 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
984 else
985 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
986 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
987 << SS.getRange();
988
989 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
990 return true;
991 }
992 } else {
993 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
994 // because we aren't able to recover.
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000995 if (SS.isEmpty())
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000996 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << Corrected;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000997 else
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000998 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +0000999 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected
1000 << SS.getRange();
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +00001001 return true;
1002 }
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +00001003 R.clear();
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001004 }
1005
1006 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1007 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1008 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
1009 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1010 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1011 << SS.getRange();
1012 return true;
1013 }
1014
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001015 // Give up, we can't recover.
1016 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1017 return true;
1018}
1019
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001020Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001021 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001022 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1023 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1024 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1025 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1026 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1027
1028 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001029 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001030
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001031 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001032
1033 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1034 DeclarationName Name;
1035 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1036 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001037 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1038 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001039
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001040 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001041
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001042 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1043 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001044 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1045 // (note: handled after lookup)
1046 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1047 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1048 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001049 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1050 // names a dependent type.
1051 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1052 // we need to handle these differently.
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001053 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1054 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) ||
1055 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001056 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001057 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001058 TemplateArgs);
1059 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001060
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001061 // Perform the required lookup.
1062 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1063 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001064 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001065 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001066 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001067 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1068 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001069
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001070 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1071 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001072 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1073 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001074 if (E.isInvalid())
1075 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001076
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001077 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1078 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001079 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001080 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001081
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001082 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1083 return ExprError();
1084
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001085 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1086 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001087 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001088
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001089 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001090 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001091 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1092 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1093 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1094 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1095 }
1096
1097 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1098 // call, diagnose the problem.
1099 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001100 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001101 return ExprError();
1102
1103 assert(!R.empty() &&
1104 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001105
1106 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1107 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001108 // reference the ivar.
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001109 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1110 R.clear();
1111 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1112 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1113 return move(E);
1114 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001115 }
1116 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001117
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001118 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1119 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1120
1121 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001122 // Warn about constructs like:
1123 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1124 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001125 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1126 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001127 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Chris Lattner966c78b2010-04-12 06:12:50 +00001128 if ((CheckS->getFlags() & Scope::ElseScope) &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001129 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001130 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001131 << Var->getDeclName()
Chris Lattner966c78b2010-04-12 06:12:50 +00001132 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType() ? 2 :
1133 Var->getType()->isBooleanType() ? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001134 break;
1135 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001136
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001137 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1138 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001139 }
1140 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001141 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001142 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1143 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1144 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1145 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1146 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1147 // type.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001148 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001149 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001150
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001151 QualType T = Func->getType();
1152 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001153 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001154 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001155 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001156 }
1157 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001158
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001159 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1160 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1161 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1162 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1163 // class member access expression.
1164 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1165 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001166 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001167 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001168 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1169 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001170 }
1171
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001172 if (TemplateArgs)
1173 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001174
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001175 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1176}
1177
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001178/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1179Sema::OwningExprResult
1180Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1181 LookupResult &R,
1182 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1183 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1184 case IMA_Instance:
1185 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1186
1187 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1188 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1189 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1190 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1191
1192 case IMA_Mixed:
1193 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1194 case IMA_Unresolved:
1195 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1196
1197 case IMA_Static:
1198 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1199 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1200 if (TemplateArgs)
1201 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1202 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1203
1204 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1205 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1206 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1207 return ExprError();
1208 }
1209
1210 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1211 return ExprError();
1212}
1213
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001214/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1215/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1216/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1217/// this path.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001218Sema::OwningExprResult
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001219Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001220 DeclarationName Name,
1221 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1222 DeclContext *DC;
1223 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1224 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1225 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1226 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1227
1228 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1229 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1230
1231 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1232 return ExprError();
1233
1234 if (R.empty()) {
1235 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1236 return ExprError();
1237 }
1238
1239 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1240}
1241
1242/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1243/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1244/// additional lookup.
1245///
1246/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1247/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1248///
1249/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1250Sema::OwningExprResult
1251Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Chris Lattnereb483eb2010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001252 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001253 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001254 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
Chris Lattnereb483eb2010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001255
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001256 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1257 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1258 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1259 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1260 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1261
1262 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1263 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1264 // ivar, that's an error.
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001265 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001266
1267 bool LookForIvars;
1268 if (Lookup.empty())
1269 LookForIvars = true;
1270 else if (IsClassMethod)
1271 LookForIvars = false;
1272 else
1273 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1274 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001275 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001276 if (LookForIvars) {
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001277 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001278 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1279 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1280 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1281 if (IsClassMethod)
1282 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1283 << IV->getDeclName());
1284
1285 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1286 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1287 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1288 return ExprError();
1289
1290 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1291 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1292 return ExprError();
1293
1294 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1295 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1296 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1297 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1298
1299 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1300 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1301 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1302 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001303 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001304 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1305 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1306 SelfName, false, false);
1307 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1308 return Owned(new (Context)
1309 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1310 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1311 }
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001312 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001313 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
Chris Lattneraec43db2010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001314 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001315 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1316 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1317 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1318 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1319 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1320 }
1321 }
1322
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001323 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1324 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1325 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1326 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1327 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1328 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1329 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1330 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1331 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1332 }
1333 }
1334 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001335 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1336 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001337}
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001338
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001339/// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
1340///
1341/// Logically this happens in three phases:
1342///
1343/// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
1344/// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
1345/// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
1346/// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
1347///
1348/// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
1349/// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
1350/// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
1351/// the class declaring the member.
1352///
1353/// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
1354/// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
1355/// obey access control.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001356bool
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001357Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From,
1358 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001359 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001360 NamedDecl *Member) {
1361 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
1362 if (!RD)
1363 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001364
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001365 QualType DestRecordType;
1366 QualType DestType;
1367 QualType FromRecordType;
1368 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1369 bool PointerConversions = false;
1370 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
1371 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001372
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001373 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1374 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
1375 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1376 PointerConversions = true;
1377 } else {
1378 DestType = DestRecordType;
1379 FromRecordType = FromType;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001380 }
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001381 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
1382 if (Method->isStatic())
1383 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001384
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001385 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
1386 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001387
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001388 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1389 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1390 PointerConversions = true;
1391 } else {
1392 FromRecordType = FromType;
1393 DestType = DestRecordType;
1394 }
1395 } else {
1396 // No conversion necessary.
1397 return false;
1398 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001399
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001400 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
1401 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001402
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001403 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
1404 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1405 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001406
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001407 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
1408 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
1409
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001410 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001411 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001412 // class name.
1413 //
1414 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
1415 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
1416 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
1417 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
1418 //
1419 // class Base { public: int x; };
1420 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
1421 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
1422 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
1423 //
1424 // void VeryDerived::f() {
1425 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
1426 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
1427 // }
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001428 if (Qualifier) {
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001429 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
1430 assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?");
1431 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
1432
1433 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
1434
1435 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
1436 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
1437 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
1438 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
1439 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
1440 FromLoc, FromRange))
1441 return true;
1442
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001443 if (PointerConversions)
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001444 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001445 ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
Anders Carlsson88465d32010-04-23 22:18:37 +00001446 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001447
1448 FromType = QType;
1449 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
1450
1451 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
1452 // we're done.
1453 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1454 return false;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001455 }
1456 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001457
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001458 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001459
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001460 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
1461 // down to the using declaration's type.
1462 //
1463 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
1464 // class ever has member declarations.
1465 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
1466 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
1467 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
1468 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
1469
1470 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
1471 // conversion is non-trivial.
1472 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
1473 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
1474 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
1475 FromLoc, FromRange))
1476 return true;
1477
1478 QualType UType = URecordType;
1479 if (PointerConversions)
1480 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001481 ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001482 /*isLvalue*/ !PointerConversions);
1483 FromType = UType;
1484 FromRecordType = URecordType;
1485 }
1486
1487 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
1488 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
1489 IgnoreAccess = true;
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001490 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001491
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001492 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1493 DestRecordType,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001494 FromLoc,
1495 FromRange,
1496 IgnoreAccess))
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001497 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001498
John McCall23cba802010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001499 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
Anders Carlsson88465d32010-04-23 22:18:37 +00001500 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001501 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001502}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001503
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001504/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001505static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedmanf595cc42009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001506 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00001507 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1508 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001509 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1510 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1511 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001512 if (SS.isSet()) {
1513 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1514 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001515 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001516
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001517 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001518 Member, FoundDecl, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001519}
1520
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001521/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1522/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1523/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1524/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001525Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001526Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1527 LookupResult &R,
1528 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1529 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001530 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1531
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001532 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001533
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001534 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1535 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001536 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001537 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001538 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001539 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001540 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001541
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001542 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1543 // 'this' expression now.
1544 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1545 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1546 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001547 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1548 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1549 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1550 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001551 }
1552
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001553 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1554 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1555 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001556 SS,
1557 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1558 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001559}
1560
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001561bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001562 const LookupResult &R,
1563 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001564 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1565 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1566 return false;
1567
1568 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001569 if (SS.isSet())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001570 return false;
1571
1572 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001573 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001574 return false;
1575
1576 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1577 // normal lookup:
1578 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1579 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1580
1581 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1582 // -- a declaration of a class member
1583 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1584 // original decl.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001585 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001586 return false;
1587
1588 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1589 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1590 // using-declaration
1591 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1592 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1593 // turn off ADL anyway).
1594 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1595 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1596 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1597 return false;
1598
1599 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1600 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1601 // template
1602 // And also for builtin functions.
1603 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1604 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1605
1606 // But also builtin functions.
1607 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1608 return false;
1609 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1610 return false;
1611 }
1612
1613 return true;
1614}
1615
1616
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001617/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1618/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1619/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1620/// will in fact be used.
1621static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1622 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1623 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1624 return true;
1625 }
1626
1627 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1628 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1629 return true;
1630 }
1631
1632 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1633 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1634 return true;
1635 }
1636
1637 return false;
1638}
1639
1640Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001641Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001642 LookupResult &R,
1643 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCallfead20c2009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001644 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1645 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor86b8e092010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001646 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001647 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001648
1649 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1650 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1651 // functions and function templates.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001652 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1653 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001654 return ExprError();
1655
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001656 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1657 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1658 // we've picked a target.
1659 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1660
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001661 bool Dependent
1662 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001663 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001664 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001665 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1666 SS.getRange(),
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001667 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1668 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001669 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001670
1671 return Owned(ULE);
1672}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001673
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001674
1675/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1676Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001677Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001678 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1679 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001680 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1681 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001682
1683 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1684 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001685
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001686 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1687 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1688 // a template argument list.
1689 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1690 << Template << SS.getRange();
1691 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1692 return ExprError();
1693 }
1694
1695 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1696 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1697 if (!VD) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001698 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001699 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCall87cf6702009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001700 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001701 return ExprError();
1702 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001703
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001704 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1705 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1706 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1707 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001708 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001709 return ExprError();
1710
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001711 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1712 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001713 return ExprError();
1714
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001715 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1716 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1717 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1718 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001719 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001720 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1721 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1722 //
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001723 if (getCurBlock() &&
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001724 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) {
Mike Stump0d6fd572010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001725 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1726 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1727 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1728 return ExprError();
1729 }
1730
Fariborz Jahanian8596bbe2010-03-16 23:39:51 +00001731 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
Mike Stump28497342010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001732 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1733 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1734 return ExprError();
1735 }
1736
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001737 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001738 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001739 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001740 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001741 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001742 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1743 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001744 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001745
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001746 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001747 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001748 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001749 }
1750 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1751 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001752
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001753 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001754}
1755
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001756Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1757 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001758 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001759
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001760 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001761 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001762 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1763 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1764 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001765 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001766
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001767 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1768 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001769
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001770 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1771 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001772 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001773 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001774 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001775
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001776 QualType ResTy;
1777 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1778 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1779 } else {
Anders Carlsson848fa642010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001780 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001781
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001782 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001783 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001784 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1785 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001786 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001787}
1788
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001789Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001790 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Douglas Gregor453091c2010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001791 bool Invalid = false;
1792 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
1793 if (Invalid)
1794 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001795
Benjamin Kramerddeea562010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001796 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
1797 PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001798 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001799 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001800
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001801 QualType Ty;
1802 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1803 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1804 else if (Literal.isWide())
1805 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedman136b0cd2010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001806 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1807 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001808 else
1809 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001810
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001811 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1812 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001813 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001814}
1815
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001816Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1817 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001818 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1819 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001820 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001821 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001822 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001823 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001824 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001825
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001826 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001827 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1828 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001829 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001830
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001831 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Douglas Gregor453091c2010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001832 bool Invalid = false;
1833 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid);
1834 if (Invalid)
1835 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001836
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001837 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001838 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1839 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001840 return ExprError();
1841
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001842 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001843
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001844 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001845 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001846 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001847 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001848 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001849 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001850 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001851 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001852
1853 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1854
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001855 using llvm::APFloat;
1856 APFloat Val(Format);
1857
1858 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall9f2df882009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001859
1860 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1861 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1862 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1863 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001864 unsigned diagnostic;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001865 llvm::SmallString<20> buffer;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001866 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001867 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001868 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1869 } else {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001870 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001871 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1872 }
1873
1874 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1875 << Ty
1876 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1877 }
1878
1879 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001880 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001881
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001882 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001883 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001884 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001885 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001886
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001887 // long long is a C99 feature.
1888 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001889 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001890 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1891
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001892 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001893 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001894
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001895 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1896 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1897 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001898 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1899 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001900 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001901 } else {
1902 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1903 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001904
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001905 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1906 // be an unsigned int.
1907 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1908
1909 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001910 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001911 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1912 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001913 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001914
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001915 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1916 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1917 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1918 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001919 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001920 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001921 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001922 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001923 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001924 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001925
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001926 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001927 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001928 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001929
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001930 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1931 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1932 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1933 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001934 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001935 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001936 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001937 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001938 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001939 }
1940
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001941 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001942 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001943 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001944
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001945 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1946 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1947 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1948 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001949 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001950 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001951 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001952 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001953 }
1954 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001955
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001956 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1957 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001958 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001959 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001960 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001961 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001962 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001963
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001964 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1965 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001966 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001967 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001968 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001969
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001970 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1971 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001972 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001973 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001974
1975 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001976}
1977
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001978Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1979 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001980 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001981 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001982 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001983}
1984
1985/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1986/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001987bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001988 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1989 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1990 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001991 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1992 return false;
1993
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001994 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1995 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1996 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1997 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1998 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1999 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2000
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002001 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002002 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002003 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002004 if (isSizeof)
2005 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
2006 return false;
2007 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002008
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002009 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002010 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002011 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
2012 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00002013 return false;
2014 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002015
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002016 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00002017 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
2018 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002019 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002020
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002021 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00002022 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002023 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00002024 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
2025 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00002026 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002027
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002028 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002029}
2030
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002031bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2032 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
2033 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002034
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002035 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002036 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
2037 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002038
2039 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
2040 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2041 return false;
2042
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002043 if (E->getBitField()) {
2044 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
2045 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002046 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002047
2048 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
2049 // bit-field.
2050 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00002051 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002052 return false;
2053
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002054 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
2055}
2056
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002057/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002058Action::OwningExprResult
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002059Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002060 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002061 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002062 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002063 return ExprError();
2064
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002065 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002066
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002067 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
2068 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
2069 return ExprError();
2070
2071 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002072 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002073 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2074 R.getEnd()));
2075}
2076
2077/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
2078/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002079Action::OwningExprResult
2080Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002081 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
2082 // Verify that the operand is valid.
2083 bool isInvalid = false;
2084 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
2085 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
2086 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
2087 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002088 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002089 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
2090 isInvalid = true;
2091 } else {
2092 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
2093 }
2094
2095 if (isInvalid)
2096 return ExprError();
2097
2098 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2099 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
2100 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2101 R.getEnd()));
2102}
2103
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002104/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
2105/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
2106/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002107Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002108Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
2109 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002110 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002111 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002112
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002113 if (isType) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002114 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2115 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
2116 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002117 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002118
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002119 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
2120 Action::OwningExprResult Result
2121 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
2122
2123 if (Result.isInvalid())
2124 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
2125
2126 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002127}
2128
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002129QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002130 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2131 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002132
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002133 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002134 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002135 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002136
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002137 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2138 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2139 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002140
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002141 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002142 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2143 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002144 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002145}
2146
2147
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002148
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002149Action::OwningExprResult
2150Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2151 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002152 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2153 switch (Kind) {
2154 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2155 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2156 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2157 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002158
Eli Friedmane4216e92009-11-18 03:38:04 +00002159 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002160}
2161
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002162Action::OwningExprResult
2163Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2164 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002165 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2166 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2167
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002168 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
2169 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002170
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002171 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002172 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
2173 Base.release();
2174 Idx.release();
2175 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2176 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2177 }
2178
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002179 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002180 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002181 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2182 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2183 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002184 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002185 }
2186
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002187 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
2188}
2189
2190
2191Action::OwningExprResult
2192Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2193 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2194 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2195 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2196
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002197 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002198 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2199 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2200 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002201
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002202 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002203
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002204 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002205 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002206 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002207 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002208 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2209 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002210 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2211 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2212 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2213 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002214 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002215 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2216 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002217 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002218 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002219 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002220 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2221 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002222 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002223 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002224 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002225 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2226 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2227 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002228 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002229 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002230 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2231 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2232 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2233 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002234 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002235 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002236 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002237
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002238 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2239 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002240 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2241 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002242 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002243 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2244 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2245 // force the promotion here.
2246 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2247 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002248 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2249 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002250 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2251
2252 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2253 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002254 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002255 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2256 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2257 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2258 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002259 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2260 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002261 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2262
2263 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2264 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002265 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002266 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002267 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2268 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002269 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002270 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002271 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2272 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002273 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2274 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002275
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002276 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002277 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2278 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002279 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2280
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002281 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002282 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2283 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002284 // incomplete types are not object types.
2285 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2286 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2287 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2288 return ExprError();
2289 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002290
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002291 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002292 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002293 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2294 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002295 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002296
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002297 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2298 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2299 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2300 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2301 return ExprError();
2302 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002303
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002304 Base.release();
2305 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002306 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002307 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002308}
2309
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002310QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002311CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002313 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002314 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2315 // see FIXME there.
2316 //
2317 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2318 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002319 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002320
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002321 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002322 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002323
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002324 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002325 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2326 // to be selected.
2327 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002328
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002329 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2330 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002331 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002332
2333 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2334 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002335 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002336 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2337 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002338 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002339 do
2340 compStr++;
2341 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002342 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002343 do
2344 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002345 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002346 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002347
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002348 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002349 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2350 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002351 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2352 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002353 return QualType();
2354 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002355
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002356 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2357 // operates on.
2358 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002359 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002360
2361 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002362 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002363
2364 while (*compStr) {
2365 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2366 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2367 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2368 return QualType();
2369 }
2370 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002371 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002372
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002373 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002374 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002375 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002376 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002377 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman0479a0b2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002378 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002379 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002380 if (HexSwizzle)
2381 CompSize--;
2382
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002383 if (CompSize == 1)
2384 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002385
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002386 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002387 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002388 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2389 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2390 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2391 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002392 }
2393 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002394}
2395
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002396static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002397 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002398 const Selector &Sel,
2399 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002400
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002401 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002402 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002403 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002404 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002405
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002406 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2407 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002408 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002409 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002410 return D;
2411 }
2412 return 0;
2413}
2414
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002415static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002416 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002417 const Selector &Sel,
2418 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002419 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2420 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002421 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002422 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002423 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002424 GDecl = PD;
2425 break;
2426 }
2427 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002428 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002429 GDecl = OMD;
2430 break;
2431 }
2432 }
2433 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002434 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002435 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2436 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002437 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002438 if (GDecl)
2439 return GDecl;
2440 }
2441 }
2442 return GDecl;
2443}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002444
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002445Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002446Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2447 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002448 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2449 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2450 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2451 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2452 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2453
2454 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2455 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2456 //
2457 // T* t;
2458 // t.f;
2459 //
2460 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2461 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2462 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2463 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002464 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002465 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2466 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002467 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002468 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002469 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002470 return ExprError();
2471 }
2472 }
2473
Douglas Gregor01e56ae2010-04-12 20:54:26 +00002474 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() ||
2475 isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002476
2477 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2478 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002479 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002480 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2481 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2482 SS.getRange(),
2483 FirstQualifierInScope,
2484 Name, NameLoc,
2485 TemplateArgs));
2486}
2487
2488/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2489/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2490/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2491static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2492 Expr *BaseExpr,
2493 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002494 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002495 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002496 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2497 // diagnostics.
2498 if (!BaseExpr)
2499 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002500
2501 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2502 // complicated cases here.
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002503 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002504 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002505 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002506}
2507
2508// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2509// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2510// type. The restriction here is:
2511//
2512// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2513// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2514// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2515//
2516// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2517// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2518// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2519// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2520bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2521 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002522 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002523 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002524 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2525 if (!BaseRT) {
2526 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2527 // dependent.
2528 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2529 return false;
2530 }
2531 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002532
2533 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002534 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2535 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002536 if (!BaseExpr && !(*I)->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002537 return false;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002538
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002539 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2540 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2541 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2542 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2543
2544 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2545 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2546
2547 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2548 return false;
2549 }
2550
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002551 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002552 return true;
2553}
2554
2555static bool
2556LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2557 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002558 SourceLocation OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002559 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2560 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00002561 SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002562 << BaseRange))
2563 return true;
2564
2565 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2566 if (SS.isSet()) {
2567 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2568 // nested-name-specifier.
2569 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2570
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002571 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2572 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2573 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2574 return true;
2575 }
2576
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002577 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002578
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002579 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2580 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2581 << DC << SS.getRange();
2582 return true;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002583 }
2584 }
2585
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002586 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2587 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002588
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002589 if (!R.empty())
2590 return false;
2591
2592 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2593 // for typos.
2594 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +00002595 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC, false, Sema::CTC_MemberLookup) &&
2596 !R.empty() &&
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002597 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2598 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2599 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002600 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2601 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002602 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2603 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2604 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002605 return false;
2606 } else {
2607 R.clear();
2608 }
2609
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002610 return false;
2611}
2612
2613Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002614Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002615 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002616 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002617 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2618 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2619 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2620 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2621
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002622 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2623 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002624 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002625 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2626 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2627 Name, NameLoc,
2628 TemplateArgs);
2629
2630 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002631
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002632 // Implicit member accesses.
2633 if (!Base) {
2634 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2635 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2636 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2637 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2638 OpLoc, SS))
2639 return ExprError();
2640
2641 // Explicit member accesses.
2642 } else {
2643 OwningExprResult Result =
2644 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002645 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002646
2647 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2648 Owned(Base);
2649 return ExprError();
2650 }
2651
2652 if (Result.get())
2653 return move(Result);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002654 }
2655
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002656 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002657 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2658 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002659}
2660
2661Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002662Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2663 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2664 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002665 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002666 LookupResult &R,
2667 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2668 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002669 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002670 if (IsArrow) {
2671 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2672 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2673 }
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002674 R.setBaseObjectType(BaseType);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002675
2676 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2677 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2678 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2679 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2680
2681 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002682 return ExprError();
2683
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002684 if (R.empty()) {
2685 // Rederive where we looked up.
2686 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2687 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2688 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002689
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002690 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002691 << MemberName << DC
2692 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002693 return ExprError();
2694 }
2695
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002696 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2697 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2698 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2699 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2700 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2701 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2702 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2703 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2704 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2705 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
2706 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002707 return ExprError();
2708
2709 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2710 // result.
2711 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002712 bool Dependent =
John McCall410a3f32009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002713 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002714 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002715 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002716
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002717 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2718 // pick a member.
2719 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2720
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002721 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2722 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2723 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002724 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2725 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002726 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2727 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2728 TemplateArgs);
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002729 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002730
2731 return Owned(MemExpr);
2732 }
2733
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002734 assert(R.isSingleResult());
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002735 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = R.begin().getPair();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002736 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2737
2738 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2739
2740 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2741 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2742 // error cases.
2743 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2744 return ExprError();
2745
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002746 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2747 if (!BaseExpr) {
2748 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
John McCall161755a2010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002749 if (!MemberDecl->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002750 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2751
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002752 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2753 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2754 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2755 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002756 }
2757
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002758 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2759 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2760 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2761 // explicitly qualified.
2762 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2763 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2764 }
2765
2766 // Check the use of this member.
2767 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2768 Owned(BaseExpr);
2769 return ExprError();
2770 }
2771
2772 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2773 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2774 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman16c53782009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002775 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2776 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002777 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2778 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2779
2780 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2781 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2782 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2783 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2784 else {
2785 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2786 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2787 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2788
2789 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2790 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2791
2792 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2793 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2794 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2795 }
2796
2797 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002798 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FoundDecl, FD))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002799 return ExprError();
2800 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002801 FD, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, MemberType));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002802 }
2803
2804 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2805 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2806 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002807 Var, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002808 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2809 }
2810
2811 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2812 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2813 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002814 MemberFn, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002815 MemberFn->getType()));
2816 }
2817
2818 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2819 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2820 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002821 Enum, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002822 }
2823
2824 Owned(BaseExpr);
2825
2826 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2827 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2828 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2829
2830 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2831 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2832 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2833 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2834 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2835 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2836}
2837
2838/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2839/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2840/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2841/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2842/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2843/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2844/// an ordinary member expression.
2845///
2846/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2847/// fixed for ObjC++.
2848Sema::OwningExprResult
2849Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002850 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002851 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002852 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002853 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002854
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002855 // Perform default conversions.
2856 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002857
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002858 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002859 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2860
2861 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2862 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002863
2864 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002865 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002866 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2867 // call, and continue on.
2868 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2869 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2870 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2871 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2872 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002873 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2874 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002875 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2876 ->isRecordType()))) {
2877 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2878 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2879 << QualType(Fun, 0)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002880 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002881
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002882 OwningExprResult NewBase
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002883 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002884 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2885 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002886 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002887
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002888 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2889 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2890 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2891 }
2892 }
2893 }
2894
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002895 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2896 // use that.
2897 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002898 if (IsArrow) {
2899 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2900 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2901 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2902 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2903 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002904 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2905 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002906 }
2907 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002908 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2909 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2910 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2911 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002912 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002913 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002914 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002915
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002916 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2917 // use that.
2918 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2919 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2920 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2921 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2922 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2923 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2924 }
2925 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002926
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002927 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002928
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002929 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002930 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002931 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2932 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2933 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2934 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2935 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2936 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2937 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2938 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2939 // Check the use of this method.
2940 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2941 return ExprError();
2942 }
2943 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2944 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2945 Selector SetterSel =
2946 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2947 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2948 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2949 if (!Setter) {
2950 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2951 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002952 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002953 }
2954 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2955 if (!Setter)
2956 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002957
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002958 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2959 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002960
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002961 if (Getter || Setter) {
2962 QualType PType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002963
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002964 if (Getter)
2965 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2966 else
2967 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2968 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2969 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002970 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002971 PType,
2972 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2973 }
2974 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2975 << MemberName << BaseType);
2976 }
2977 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002978
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002979 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2980 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2981 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002982 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002983 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002984
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002985 if (IsArrow) {
2986 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002987 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002988 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2989 ;
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002990 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2991 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2992 // struct MyRecord foo;
2993 // foo->bar
2994 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2995 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2996 // by now.
2997 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2998 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002999 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003000 IsArrow = false;
3001 } else {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003002 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
3003 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3004 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00003005 }
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003006 } else {
3007 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
3008 // type *foo;
3009 // foo.bar
3010 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
3011 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
3012 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
3013 // the appropriate pointer type
3014 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
3015 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
3016 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
3017 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3018 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003019 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003020 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
3021 IsArrow = true;
3022 }
3023 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003024 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003025
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003026 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
3027 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003028 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003029 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
3030 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003031 return ExprError();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003032 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003033 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003034
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003035 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
3036 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003037 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
3038 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003039 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003040 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003041 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003042 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003043 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3044
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003045 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
3046 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003047 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003048
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003049 if (!IV) {
3050 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
3051 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3052 LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +00003053 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl, false, CTC_MemberLookup) &&
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003054 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003055 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003056 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
3057 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003058 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3059 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003060 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003061 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003062 }
3063 }
3064
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003065 if (IV) {
3066 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
3067 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
3068 // error cases.
3069 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
3070 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003071
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003072 // Check whether we can reference this field.
3073 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
3074 return ExprError();
3075 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
3076 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
3077 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
3078 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3079 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
3080 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
3081 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
3082 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
3083 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
3084 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
3085 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
3086 // AST for a function decl.
3087 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003088 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003089 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
3090 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
3091 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
3092 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
3093 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
3094 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003095
3096 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
3097 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003098 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003099 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003100 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003101 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
3102 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003103 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003104 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00003105 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003106
3107 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
3108 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003109 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00003110 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003111 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003112 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003113 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00003114 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003115 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003116 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003117 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
3118 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003119 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003120 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003121
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003122 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003123 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003124 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
3125 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3126 // Check the use of this declaration
3127 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3128 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003129
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003130 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3131 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3132 }
3133 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3134 // Check the use of this method.
3135 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3136 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003137
Douglas Gregor04badcf2010-04-21 00:45:42 +00003138 return Owned(ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context,
3139 OMD->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
3140 OpLoc, BaseExpr, Sel,
3141 OMD, NULL, 0, MemberLoc));
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003142 }
3143 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003144
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003145 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003146 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003147 }
Chris Lattnereb483eb2010-04-11 08:28:14 +00003148
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003149 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3150 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Chris Lattner7f816522010-04-11 07:45:24 +00003151 if (!IsArrow)
3152 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
3153 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
Chris Lattnerb9d4fc12010-04-11 07:51:10 +00003154 return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(OPT, BaseExpr, MemberName, MemberLoc);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003155
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003156 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003157 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003158 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003159 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003160 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003161 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003162
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003163 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003164 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003165 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003166 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3167 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003168 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003169 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003170 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003171 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003172
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003173 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3174 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3175
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003176 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003177}
3178
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003179/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3180/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3181/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3182/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3183/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3184///
3185/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3186/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3187/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3188/// only be called
3189/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3190/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3191/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3192Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3193 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3194 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00003195 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003196 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3197 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3198 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3199 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3200 return ExprError();
3201
3202 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3203
3204 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3205 DeclarationName Name;
3206 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3207 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3208 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3209 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3210
3211 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3212
3213 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3214 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3215 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3216
3217 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3218 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3219
3220 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3221 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
Douglas Gregor01e56ae2010-04-12 20:54:26 +00003222 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName() ||
3223 isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003224 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003225 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3226 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3227 Name, NameLoc,
3228 TemplateArgs);
3229 } else {
3230 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3231 if (TemplateArgs) {
3232 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3233 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3234 } else {
3235 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003236 SS, ObjCImpDecl);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003237
3238 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3239 Owned(Base);
3240 return ExprError();
3241 }
3242
3243 if (Result.get()) {
3244 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3245 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3246 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3247 // call now.
3248 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3249 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003250 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003251
3252 return move(Result);
3253 }
3254 }
3255
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003256 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003257 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3258 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003259 }
3260
3261 return move(Result);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003262}
3263
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003264Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3265 FunctionDecl *FD,
3266 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3267 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3268 Diag (CallLoc,
3269 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3270 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003271 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003272 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3273 } else {
3274 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3275 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3276
3277 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor525f96c2010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003278 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3279 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003280
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003281 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3282 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003283 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003284
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003285 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003286 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003287 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003288
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003289 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3290 InitializedEntity Entity
3291 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3292 InitializationKind Kind
3293 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3294 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3295 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3296
3297 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003298 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003299 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3300 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003301 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003302
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003303 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003304 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003305 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003306 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003307
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003308 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3309 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3310 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003311 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3312 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson337cba42009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003313 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3314 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003315 }
3316
3317 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003318 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003319}
3320
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003321/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3322/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3323/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3324/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3325/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3326/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003327bool
3328Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003329 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003330 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003331 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3332 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003333 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003334 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3335 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003336 bool Invalid = false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003337
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003338 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3339 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3340 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3341 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3342 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
Eric Christopherd77b9a22010-04-16 04:48:22 +00003343 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
3344 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003345 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003346 }
3347
3348 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3349 // them.
3350 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3351 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3352 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3353 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
Eric Christopherccfa9632010-04-16 04:56:46 +00003354 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
3355 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003356 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3357 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3358 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003359 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003360 return true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003361 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003362 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003363 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003364 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003365 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3366 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3367 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3368 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3369 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003370 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian2fe168f2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003371 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003372 if (Invalid)
3373 return true;
3374 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3375 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3376 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003377
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003378 return false;
3379}
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003380
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003381bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3382 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3383 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3384 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3385 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3386 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003387 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003388 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3389 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3390 bool Invalid = false;
3391 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3392 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3393 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3394 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003395 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003396 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003397 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003398
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003399 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003400 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3401 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003402
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003403 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3404 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003405 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003406 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003407 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003408
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003409 // Pass the argument
3410 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3411 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3412 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregoraa037312009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003413
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003414
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003415 InitializedEntity Entity =
3416 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3417 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3418 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3419 SourceLocation(),
3420 Owned(Arg));
3421 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3422 return true;
3423
3424 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003425 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003426 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003427
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003428 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003429 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003430 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3431 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003432
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003433 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003434 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003435 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003436 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003437
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003438 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003439 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003440 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003441 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003442 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003443 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003444 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003445 }
3446 }
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003447 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003448}
3449
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003450/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003451/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3452/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003453Action::OwningExprResult
3454Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3455 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003456 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003457 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003458
3459 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3460 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003461
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003462 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003463 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003464 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003465
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003466 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003467 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3468 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3469 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3470 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3471 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003472 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003473 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3474 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003475
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003476 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3477 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003478
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003479 NumArgs = 0;
3480 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003481
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003482 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3483 RParenLoc));
3484 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003485
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003486 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003487 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003488 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3489 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003490 bool Dependent = false;
3491 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3492 Dependent = true;
3493 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3494 Dependent = true;
3495
3496 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003497 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003498 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3499
3500 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3501 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3502 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3503 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3504
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003505 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3506
3507 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3508 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3509 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3510 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3511 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3512 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3513 // method template.
3514 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3515 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor958aeb02009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003516 (void)MemE;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003517
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003518 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3519 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003520 }
3521
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003522 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003523 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003524 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003525 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003526 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3527 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003528 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003529
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003530 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003531 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003532 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3533 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003534 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003535 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3536 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003537
3538 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3539 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003540 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3541 RParenLoc));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003542
3543 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3544 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003545 TheCall.get(), 0))
3546 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003547
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003548 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003549 RParenLoc))
3550 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003551
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003552 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3553 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003554 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003555 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3556 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003557 }
3558 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003559 }
3560
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003561 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003562 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003563 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003564
Eli Friedmanefa42f72009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003565 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003566 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3567 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
Douglas Gregor1aae80b2010-04-14 20:27:54 +00003568 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003569 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003570 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003571
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003572 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3573 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3574 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3575
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003576 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3577}
3578
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003579/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3580/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003581/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3582/// block-pointer type.
3583///
3584/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3585Sema::OwningExprResult
3586Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3587 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3588 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3589 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3590 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3591
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003592 // Promote the function operand.
3593 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3594
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003595 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3596 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003597 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3598 Args, NumArgs,
3599 Context.BoolTy,
3600 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003601
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003602 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3603 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3604 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3605 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003606 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003607 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003608 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3609 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003610 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003611 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003612 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003613 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003614 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003615 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003616 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3617 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3618
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003619 // Check for a valid return type
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003620 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003621 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3622 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003623 return ExprError();
3624
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003625 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003626 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003627
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003628 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003629 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003630 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003631 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003632 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003633 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003634
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003635 if (FDecl) {
3636 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3637 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3638 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003639 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003640 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003641 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003642 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3643 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3644 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3645 }
3646 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003647 }
3648
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003649 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003650 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3651 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3652 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003653 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3654 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003655 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3656 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003657 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003658 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003659 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003660 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003661
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003662 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3663 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003664 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3665 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003666
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003667 // Check for sentinels
3668 if (NDecl)
3669 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003670
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003671 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003672 if (FDecl) {
3673 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3674 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003675
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003676 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003677 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3678 } else if (NDecl) {
3679 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3680 return ExprError();
3681 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003682
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003683 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003684}
3685
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003686Action::OwningExprResult
3687Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3688 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003689 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003690 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003691 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003692
3693 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3694 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3695 if (!TInfo)
3696 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3697
3698 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr));
3699}
3700
3701Action::OwningExprResult
3702Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3703 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
3704 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003705 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003706
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003707 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003708 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003709 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3710 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003711 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3712 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003713 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003714 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003715 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003716 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003717
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003718 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregord6542d82009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003719 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003720 InitializationKind Kind
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003721 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003722 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003723 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3724 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3725 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3726 &literalType);
3727 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003728 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003729 InitExpr.release();
3730 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003731
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003732 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003733 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003734 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003735 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003736 }
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003737
3738 Result.release();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003739
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003740 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003741 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003742}
3743
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003744Action::OwningExprResult
3745Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003746 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3747 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3748 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003749
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003750 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003751 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003752
Ted Kremenek709210f2010-04-13 23:39:13 +00003753 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitList,
3754 NumInit, RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003755 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003756 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003757}
3758
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003759static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3760 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003761 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003762 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3763
3764 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3765 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003766 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3767 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
Fariborz Jahaniana7fa7cd2009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003768 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003769 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3770 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3771 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003772
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003773 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3774 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3775 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3776 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3777 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3778 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3779 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3780 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003781
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003782 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3783 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3784 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3785 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3786 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3787 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003788
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003789 // FIXME: Assert here.
3790 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3791 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3792}
3793
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003794/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003795bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003796 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003797 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003798 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregord6e44a32010-04-16 22:09:46 +00003799 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003800
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003801 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003802
3803 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3804 // type needs to be scalar.
3805 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3806 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003807 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3808 return false;
3809 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003810
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003811 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003812 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003813 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3814 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003815 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003816 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3817 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003818 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003819 return false;
3820 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003821
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003822 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003823 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003824 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003825 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003826 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003827 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003828 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003829 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003830 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3831 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3832 break;
3833 }
3834 }
3835 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3836 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3837 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003838 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003839 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003840 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003841
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003842 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3843 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3844 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3845 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003846
3847 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003848 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003849 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3850 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003851 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003852 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003853
3854 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003855 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003856
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003857 if (castType->isVectorType())
3858 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3859 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3860 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3861
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003862 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3863 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003864
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003865 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003866 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3867 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3868 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3869 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3870 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3871 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3872 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3873 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3874 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3875 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003876 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003877
3878 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003879 return false;
3880}
3881
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003882bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3883 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003884 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003885
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003886 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003887 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003888 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003889 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003890 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003891 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003892 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003893 } else
3894 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003895 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003896 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003897
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003898 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003899 return false;
3900}
3901
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003902bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003903 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003904 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003905
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003906 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003907
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003908 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3909 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003910 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3911 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3912 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3913 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003914 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003915 return false;
3916 }
3917
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003918 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003919 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3920 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003921 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3922 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3923 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3924 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003925
3926 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3927 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3928 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003929
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003930 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003931 return false;
3932}
3933
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003934Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003935Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003936 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3937 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3938 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003939
John McCall9d125032010-01-15 18:39:57 +00003940 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
3941 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
3942 if (!castTInfo)
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003943 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003944
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003945 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003946 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003947 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003948 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),
3949 castTInfo);
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003950
3951 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
3952}
3953
3954Action::OwningExprResult
3955Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3956 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3957 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get());
3958
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003959 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3960 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Douglas Gregord6e44a32010-04-16 22:09:46 +00003961 Kind))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003962 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003963
Douglas Gregord6e44a32010-04-16 22:09:46 +00003964 Op.release();
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003965 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
3966 Kind, castExpr, Ty,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003967 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003968}
3969
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003970/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3971/// of comma binary operators.
3972Action::OwningExprResult
3973Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3974 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3975 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3976 if (!E)
3977 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003978
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003979 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003980
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003981 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3982 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3983 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003984
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003985 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3986}
3987
3988Action::OwningExprResult
3989Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3990 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003991 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003992 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003993 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003994
3995 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003996 // then handle it as such.
3997 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3998 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3999 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
4000 return ExprError();
4001 }
4002
4003 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
4004 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
4005 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
4006
4007 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4008 // braces instead of the original commas.
4009 Op.release();
Ted Kremenek709210f2010-04-13 23:39:13 +00004010 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LParenLoc,
4011 &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004012 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4013 E->setType(Ty);
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004014 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004015 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004016 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004017 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4018 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004019 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004020 }
4021}
4022
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004023Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004024 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004025 MultiExprArg Val,
4026 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004027 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4028 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004029 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4030 Expr *expr;
4031 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4032 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4033 else
4034 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004035 return Owned(expr);
4036}
4037
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004038/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4039/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004040/// C99 6.5.15
4041QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4042 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004043 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4044 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4045 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4046
John McCalld1b47bf2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00004047 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004048
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004049 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4050 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4051 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4052 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4053 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4054 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004055
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004056 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004057 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4058 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4059 << CondTy;
4060 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004061 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004062
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004063 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004064 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4065 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004066
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004067 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4068 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004069 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4070 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4071 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004072 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004073
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004074 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4075 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004076 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4077 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004078 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004079 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004080 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004081 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004082 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004083 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004084
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004085 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004086 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004087 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4088 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4089 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4090 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4091 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4092 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4093 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004094 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4095 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004096 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004097 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004098 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4099 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004100 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004101 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004102 // promote the null to a pointer.
4103 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004104 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004105 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004106 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004107 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004108 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004109 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004110 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004111
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004112 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4113 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4114 QuestionLoc);
4115 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4116 return compositeType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004117
4118
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004119 // Handle block pointer types.
4120 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4121 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4122 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4123 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004124 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4125 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004126 return destType;
4127 }
4128 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004129 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004130 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004131 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004132 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4133 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4134 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004135 return LHSTy;
4136 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004137 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004138 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4139 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004140
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004141 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4142 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004143 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004144 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004145 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4146 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4147 // to get a consistent AST.
4148 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004149 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4150 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004151 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004152 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004153 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004154 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4155 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004156 return LHSTy;
4157 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004158
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004159 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4160 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4161 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004162 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4163 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004164
4165 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4166 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4167 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004168 QualType destPointee
4169 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004170 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004171 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4172 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4173 // Promote to void*.
4174 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004175 return destType;
4176 }
4177 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004178 QualType destPointee
4179 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004180 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004181 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004182 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004183 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004184 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004185 return destType;
4186 }
4187
4188 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4189 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4190 return LHSTy;
4191 }
4192 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4193 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4194 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4195 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4196 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4197 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4198 // to get a consistent AST.
4199 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004200 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4201 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004202 return incompatTy;
4203 }
4204 // The pointer types are compatible.
4205 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4206 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4207 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4208 // type.
4209 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4210 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004211 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4212 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004213 return LHSTy;
4214 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004215
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004216 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4217 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4218 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4219 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004220 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004221 return RHSTy;
4222 }
4223 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4224 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4225 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004226 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004227 return LHSTy;
4228 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004229
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004230 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004231 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4232 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004233 return QualType();
4234}
4235
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004236/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4237/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4238QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4239 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4240 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4241 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004242
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004243 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4244 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4245 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4246 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4247 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4248 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4249 return LHSTy;
4250 }
4251 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4252 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4253 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4254 return RHSTy;
4255 }
4256 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4257 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4258 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4259 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4260 return LHSTy;
4261 }
4262 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4263 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4264 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4265 return RHSTy;
4266 }
4267 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4268 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4269 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4270 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4271 return LHSTy;
4272 }
4273 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4274 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4275 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4276 return RHSTy;
4277 }
4278 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4279 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004280
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004281 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4282 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4283 return LHSTy;
4284 }
4285 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4286 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4287 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004288
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004289 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4290 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4291 // type. This allows
4292 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4293 // where B is a subclass of A.
4294 //
4295 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4296 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4297 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4298 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004299
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004300 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4301 // It could return the composite type.
4302 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4303 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4304 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4305 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4306 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4307 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4308 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4309 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4310 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4311 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4312 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4313 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4314 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4315 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004316 } else if (!(compositeType =
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004317 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4318 ;
4319 else {
4320 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4321 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4322 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4323 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4324 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4325 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4326 return incompatTy;
4327 }
4328 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4329 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4330 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4331 return compositeType;
4332 }
4333 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4334 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4335 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4336 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4337 QualType destPointee
4338 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4339 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4340 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4341 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4342 // Promote to void*.
4343 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4344 return destType;
4345 }
4346 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4347 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4348 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4349 QualType destPointee
4350 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4351 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4352 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4353 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4354 // Promote to void*.
4355 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4356 return destType;
4357 }
4358 return QualType();
4359}
4360
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004361/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004362/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004363Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4364 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4365 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4366 ExprArg RHS) {
4367 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4368 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004369
4370 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4371 // was the condition.
4372 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4373 if (isLHSNull)
4374 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004375
4376 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004377 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004378 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004379 return ExprError();
4380
4381 Cond.release();
4382 LHS.release();
4383 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004384 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004385 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004386 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004387}
4388
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004389// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004390// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004391// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4392// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4393// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004394Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004395Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4396 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004397
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004398 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4399 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4400 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4401 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4402 return Compatible;
4403 }
4404
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004405 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004406 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4407 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004408
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004409 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004410 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4411 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004412
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004413 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004414
4415 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4416 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4417 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004418 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004419 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004420 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004421
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004422 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4423 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004424 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004425 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004426 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004427 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004428
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004429 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004430 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4431 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004432 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004433
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004434 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004435 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004436 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004437
4438 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004439 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4440 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004441 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004442 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004443 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004444 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4445 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4446 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4447 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4448 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4449 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004450 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004451 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004452 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004453 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004454
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004455 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004456 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004457 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004458 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004459
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004460 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4461 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4462 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4463 // warning can be disabled.
4464 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4465 return ConvTy;
4466 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4467 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004468
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004469 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4470 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4471 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4472 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4473 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4474 do {
4475 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4476 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004477
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004478 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4479 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4480 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004481
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004482 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004483 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004484 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004485
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004486 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004487 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004488 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004489 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004490}
4491
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004492/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4493/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4494/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4495// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004496Sema::AssignConvertType
4497Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004498 QualType rhsType) {
4499 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004500
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004501 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004502 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4503 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004504
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004505 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4506 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4507 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004508
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004509 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004510
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004511 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004512 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004513 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004514
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004515 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4516 if (!Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4517 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
4518 }
4519 else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004520 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004521 return ConvTy;
4522}
4523
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004524/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4525/// for assignment compatibility.
4526Sema::AssignConvertType
4527Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004528 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4529 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian528adb12010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004530 if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() && !rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4531 !rhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004532 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004533 return Compatible;
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004534 }
4535 if (rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4536 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian528adb12010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004537 if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && !lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4538 !lhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand4c60902010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004539 return IncompatiblePointer;
4540 return Compatible;
4541 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004542 QualType lhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004543 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004544 QualType rhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004545 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4546 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4547 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4548 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4549 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4550 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004551
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004552 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4553 return Compatible;
4554 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4555 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004556 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004557}
4558
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004559/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4560/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004561/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4562///
4563/// int a, *pint;
4564/// short *pshort;
4565/// struct foo *pfoo;
4566///
4567/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4568/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4569/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4570/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4571///
4572/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004573/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004574///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004575Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004576Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004577 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4578 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004579 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4580 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004581
4582 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004583 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004584
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004585 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4586 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4587 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4588 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4589 return Compatible;
4590 }
4591
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004592 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4593 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4594 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4595 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4596 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4597 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4598 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004599 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004600 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004601 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004602 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004603 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004604 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4605 // to the same ExtVector type.
4606 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4607 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4608 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4609 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4610 return Compatible;
4611 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004612
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004613 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004614 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004615 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004616 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004617 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4618 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004619 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004620 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004621 }
4622 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004623 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004624
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004625 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004626 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004627
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004628 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004629 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004630 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004631
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004632 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004633 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004634
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004635 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004636 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004637 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4638 return Compatible;
4639 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004640 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004641 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4642 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004643 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004644
4645 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004646 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004647 return Compatible;
4648 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004649 return Incompatible;
4650 }
4651
4652 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4653 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004654 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004655
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004656 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004657 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004658 return Compatible;
4659
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004660 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4661 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004662
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004663 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004664 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004665 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004666 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004667 return Incompatible;
4668 }
4669
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004670 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4671 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4672 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004673
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004674 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004675 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004676 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4677 return Compatible;
4678 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004679 }
4680 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004681 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004682 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004683 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004684 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4685 return Compatible;
4686 }
4687 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4688 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4689 return Compatible;
4690 return Incompatible;
4691 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004692 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004693 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004694 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4695 return Compatible;
4696
4697 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004698 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004699
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004700 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004701 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004702
4703 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004704 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004705 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004706 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004707 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004708 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4709 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4710 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4711 return Compatible;
4712
4713 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4714 return PointerToInt;
4715
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004716 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004717 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004718 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4719 return Compatible;
4720 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004721 }
4722 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004723 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004724 return Compatible;
4725 return Incompatible;
4726 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004727
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004728 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004729 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004730 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004731 }
4732 return Incompatible;
4733}
4734
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004735/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4736/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004737static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004738 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4739 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4740 // of the transparent union.
Ted Kremenek709210f2010-04-13 23:39:13 +00004741 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004742 &E, 1,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004743 SourceLocation());
4744 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4745 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4746
4747 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4748 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004749 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004750 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004751 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004752}
4753
4754Sema::AssignConvertType
4755Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4756 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4757
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004758 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004759 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4760 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004761 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004762 return Incompatible;
4763
4764 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4765 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4766 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4767 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004768 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4769 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004770 it != itend; ++it) {
4771 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4772 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4773 // 1) void pointer
4774 // 2) null pointer constant
4775 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004776 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004777 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004778 InitField = *it;
4779 break;
4780 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004781
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004782 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004783 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004784 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004785 InitField = *it;
4786 break;
4787 }
4788 }
4789
4790 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4791 == Compatible) {
4792 InitField = *it;
4793 break;
4794 }
4795 }
4796
4797 if (!InitField)
4798 return Incompatible;
4799
4800 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4801 return Compatible;
4802}
4803
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004804Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004805Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004806 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4807 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4808 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4809 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4810 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004811 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004812 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004813 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004814 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004815 }
4816
4817 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4818 // structures.
4819 }
4820
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004821 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4822 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004823 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4824 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004825 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004826 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004827 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004828 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004829 return Compatible;
4830 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004831
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004832 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004833 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004834 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004835 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004836 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004837 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004838 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004839 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004840
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004841 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4842 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004843
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004844 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4845 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004846 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4847 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4848 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4849 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004850 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004851 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4852 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004853 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004854}
4855
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004856QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004857 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004858 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004859 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004860 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004861}
4862
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004863QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004864 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004865 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004866 QualType lhsType =
4867 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4868 QualType rhsType =
4869 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004870
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004871 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004872 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004873 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004874
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004875 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4876 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004877 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4878 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004879 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4880 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004881 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004882 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004883 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004884 }
4885 }
4886 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004887
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004888 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4889 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4890 bool swapped = false;
4891 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4892 swapped = true;
4893 std::swap(rex, lex);
4894 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4895 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004896
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004897 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004898 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004899 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4900 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4901 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004902 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004903 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4904 return lhsType;
4905 }
4906 }
4907 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4908 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4909 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004910 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004911 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4912 return lhsType;
4913 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004914 }
4915 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004916
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004917 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004918 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004919 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004920 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004921 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004922}
4923
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004924QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
4925 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004926 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004927 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004928
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004929 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004930
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004931 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
4932 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4933 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004934
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004935 // Check for division by zero.
4936 if (isDiv &&
4937 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004938 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004939 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004940
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004941 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004942}
4943
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004944QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004945 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004946 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4947 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4948 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4949 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4950 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004951
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004952 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004953
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004954 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4955 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004956
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004957 // Check for remainder by zero.
4958 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004959 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
4960 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004961
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004962 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004963}
4964
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004965QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004966 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004967 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4968 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4969 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4970 return compType;
4971 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004972
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004973 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004974
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004975 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004976 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4977 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4978 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004979 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004980 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004981
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004982 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4983 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004984 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004985 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4986
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004987 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004988
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004989 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004990 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004991
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004992 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4993 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004994 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4995 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004996 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004997 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004998 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004999
5000 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5001 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5002 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005003 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005004 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5005 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5006 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
5007 return QualType();
5008 }
5009
5010 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5011 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5012 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005013 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005014 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005015 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005016 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005017 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
5018 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005019 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5020 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005021 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005022 return QualType();
5023 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005024 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5025 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5026 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5027 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
5028 return QualType();
5029 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005030
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005031 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005032 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5033 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5034 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5035 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5036 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005037 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005038 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5039 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005040 return PExp->getType();
5041 }
5042 }
5043
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005044 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005045}
5046
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005047// C99 6.5.6
5048QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005049 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5050 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5051 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5052 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5053 return compType;
5054 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005055
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005056 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005057
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005058 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005059
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005060 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005061 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5062 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005063 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005064 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005065 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005066
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005067 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005068 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005069 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005070
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005071 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005072
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005073 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5074 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5075 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5076 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5077 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5078 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5079 return QualType();
5080 }
5081
5082 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5083 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5084 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5085 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5086 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005087 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005088 return QualType();
5089 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005090
5091 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5092 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5093 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005094 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005095 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005096 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005097 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005098 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005099
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005100 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5101 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5102 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5103 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5104 return QualType();
5105 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005106
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005107 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005108 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5109 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5110 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5111 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5112 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5113 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005114 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005115 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5116
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005117 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005118 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005119 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005120
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005121 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005122 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005123 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005124
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005125 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5126 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5127 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5128 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5129 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5130 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5131 return QualType();
5132 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005133
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005134 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5135 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5136 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5137 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005138 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005139 return QualType();
5140 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005141
5142 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5143 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5144 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5145 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5146 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005147 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5148 << rex->getSourceRange()
5149 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005150 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005151
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005152 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5153 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5154 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5155 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5156 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5157 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5158 return QualType();
5159 }
5160 } else {
5161 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5162 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5163 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5164 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5165 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5166 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5167 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5168 return QualType();
5169 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005170 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005171
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005172 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5173 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5174 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5175 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5176 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005177 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005178 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005179
5180 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005181 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5182 }
5183 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005184
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005185 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005186}
5187
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005188// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005189QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005190 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005191 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5192 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005193 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005194
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005195 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5196 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5197 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5198
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005199 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5200 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005201 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5202 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5203 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5204 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5205 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005206 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005207 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005208 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005209
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005210 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005211
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005212 // Sanity-check shift operands
5213 llvm::APSInt Right;
5214 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005215 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5216 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005217 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005218 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5219 else {
5220 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5221 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5222 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5223 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5224 }
5225 }
5226
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005227 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005228 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005229}
5230
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005231// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005232QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005233 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5234 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5235
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005236 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005237 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005238 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005239
John McCalld1b47bf2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00005240 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, &Opc);
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005241
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005242 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005243 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5244 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5245 else {
5246 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5247 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5248 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005249 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5250 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005251
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005252 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5253 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005254 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5255 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5256 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005257 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005258 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005259 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5260 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5261 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5262 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005263 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5264 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005265 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005266
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005267 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5268 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5269 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5270 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005271
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005272 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5273 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005274 Expr *literalString = 0;
5275 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005276 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005277 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005278 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005279 literalString = lex;
5280 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005281 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5282 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005283 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005284 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005285 literalString = rex;
5286 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5287 }
5288
5289 if (literalString) {
5290 std::string resultComparison;
5291 switch (Opc) {
5292 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5293 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5294 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5295 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5296 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5297 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5298 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5299 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005300
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005301 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5302 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5303 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
Ted Kremenek03a4bee2010-04-09 20:26:53 +00005304 << literalString->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005305 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005306 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005307
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005308 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005309 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005310
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005311 if (isRelational) {
5312 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005313 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005314 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005315 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005316 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005317 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005318
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005319 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005320 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005321 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005322
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005323 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005324 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005325 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005326 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005327
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005328 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5329 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5330 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005331 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005332 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005333 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005334 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005335 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005336
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005337 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005338 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5339 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanian51874dd2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005340 if (!isRelational &&
5341 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5342 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5343 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5344 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5345 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5346 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5347 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5348 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5349 return ResultTy;
5350 }
5351 }
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005352 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5353 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5354 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5355 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5356 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5357 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005358 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005359 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005360 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00005361 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005362 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005363 if (T.isNull()) {
5364 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5365 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5366 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005367 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005368 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005369 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005370 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005371 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005372 }
5373
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005374 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5375 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005376 return ResultTy;
5377 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005378 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5379 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5380 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5381 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5382 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5383 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5384 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5385 }
5386 } else if (!isRelational &&
5387 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5388 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5389 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5390 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5391 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5392 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5393 }
5394 } else {
5395 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005396 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005397 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005398 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005399 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005400 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005401 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005402 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005403
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005404 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005405 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005406 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005407 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005408 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5409 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005410 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005411 return ResultTy;
5412 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005413 if (LHSIsNull &&
5414 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5415 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005416 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005417 return ResultTy;
5418 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005419
5420 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005421 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005422 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5423 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005424 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5425 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5426 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5427 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5428 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5429 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5430 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5431 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005432 // types.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005433 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00005434 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005435 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005436 if (T.isNull()) {
5437 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005438 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005439 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005440 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005441 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005442 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005443 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005444 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005445 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005446
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005447 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5448 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005449 return ResultTy;
5450 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005451
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005452 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005453 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5454 return ResultTy;
5455 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005456
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005457 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005458 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005459 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5460 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005461
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005462 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005463 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005464 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005465 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005466 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005467 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005468 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005469 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005470 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005471 if (!isRelational
5472 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5473 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005474 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005475 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005476 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005477 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005478 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5479 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5480 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005481 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005482 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005483 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005484 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005485
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005486 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005487 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005488 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5489 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005490 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005491 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005492 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005493 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005494
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005495 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5496 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005497 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005498 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005499 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005500 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005501 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005502 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005503 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005504 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005505 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5506 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005507 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005508 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005509 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005510 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005511 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005512 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5513 if (RHSIsNull) {
5514 if (isRelational)
5515 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5516 } else if (isRelational)
5517 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5518 else
5519 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005520
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005521 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005522 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005523 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005524 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005525 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005526 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005527 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005528 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005529 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5530 if (LHSIsNull) {
5531 if (isRelational)
5532 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5533 } else if (isRelational)
5534 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5535 else
5536 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005537
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005538 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005539 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005540 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005541 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005542 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005543 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005544 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005545 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005546 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5547 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005548 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005549 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005550 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005551 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5552 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005553 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005554 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005555 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005556 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005557}
5558
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005559/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005560/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005561/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5562/// types.
5563QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005564 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005565 bool isRelational) {
5566 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5567 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005568 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005569 if (vType.isNull())
5570 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005571
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005572 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5573 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005574
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005575 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5576 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5577 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5578 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5579 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5580 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5581 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005582 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005583 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005584
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005585 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5586 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5587 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005588 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005589 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005590
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005591 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5592 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5593 // elements for floating point vectors.
5594 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5595 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005596
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005597 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005598 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005599 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005600 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005601 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005602 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5603
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005604 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005605 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005606 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5607}
5608
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005609inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005610 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005611 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005612 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005613
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005614 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005615
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005616 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005617 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005618 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005619}
5620
5621inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005622 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005623 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5624 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5625 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005626
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005627 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5628 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005629
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005630 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005631 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005632
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005633 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5634 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5635 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5636 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5637 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5638 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5639 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005640
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005641 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005642 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005643 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005644
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005645 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5646 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5647 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5648 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005649
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005650 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005651 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005652 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005653
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005654 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5655 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5656 // The result is a bool.
5657 return Context.BoolTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005658}
5659
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005660/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5661/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5662/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5663///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005664static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005665 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5666 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5667 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5668 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005669 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005670 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5671 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5672 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5673 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005674 }
5675 }
5676 return false;
5677}
5678
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005679/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5680/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5681static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005682 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005683 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005684 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005685 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5686 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005687 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5688 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005689
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005690 unsigned Diag = 0;
5691 bool NeedType = false;
5692 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005693 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005694 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005695 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5696 NeedType = true;
5697 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005698 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005699 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5700 NeedType = true;
5701 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005702 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005703 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5704 break;
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005705 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
5706 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005707 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005708 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
5709 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005710 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5711 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005712 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5713 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005714 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005715 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005716 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005717 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005718 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5719 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005720 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005721 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5722 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005723 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5724 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5725 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005726 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5727 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5728 break;
Fariborz Jahanian2514a302009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005729 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5730 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5731 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005732 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005733
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005734 SourceRange Assign;
5735 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5736 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005737 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005738 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005739 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005740 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005741 return true;
5742}
5743
5744
5745
5746// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005747QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5748 SourceLocation Loc,
5749 QualType CompoundType) {
5750 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5751 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005752 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005753
5754 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5755 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005756
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005757 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005758 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005759 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005760 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005761 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5762 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5763 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005764 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005765 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005766 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005767 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005768
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005769 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5770 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5771 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005772 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005773 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5774 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5775 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5776 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5777 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005778 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005779 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005780 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5781 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5782 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005783 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5784 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005785 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5786 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5787 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005788 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005789 }
5790 } else {
5791 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005792 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005793 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005794
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005795 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005796 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005797 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005798
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005799 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5800 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005801 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005802 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5803 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005804 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005805 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005806 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005807}
5808
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005809// C99 6.5.17
5810QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005811 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00005812 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
5813 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5814 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005815
5816 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5817 // incomplete in C++).
5818
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005819 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005820}
5821
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005822/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5823/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005824QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5825 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005826 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5827 return Context.DependentTy;
5828
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005829 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5830 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005831
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005832 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5833 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5834 if (!isInc) {
5835 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5836 return QualType();
5837 }
5838 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5839 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5840 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005841 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005842 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5843 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005844
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005845 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005846 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005847 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5848 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5849 << Op->getSourceRange();
5850 return QualType();
5851 }
5852
5853 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005854 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005855 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005856 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5857 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5858 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5859 return QualType();
5860 }
5861
5862 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005863 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005864 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005865 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005866 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005867 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005868 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005869 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5870 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5871 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5872 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5873 return QualType();
5874 }
Eli Friedman5b088a12010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005875 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005876 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5877 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005878 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005879 } else {
5880 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005881 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005882 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005883 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005884 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005885 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005886 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005887 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005888 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005889}
5890
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005891/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005892/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005893/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5894/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5895/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5896/// - &(x) => x
5897/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5898/// - &s.xx => s
5899/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5900/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5901/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5902/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005903static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005904 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005905 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005906 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005907 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005908 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5909 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5910 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005911 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005912 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005913 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005914 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005915 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005916 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5917 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005918 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5919 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5920 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5921 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5922 }
5923 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005924 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005925 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5926 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005927
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005928 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005929 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5930 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5931 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5932 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5933 default:
5934 return 0;
5935 }
5936 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005937 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005938 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005939 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005940 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5941 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005942 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005943 default:
5944 return 0;
5945 }
5946}
5947
5948/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005949/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005950/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005951/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005952/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005953/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005954/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005955QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005956 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5957 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5958
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005959 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5960 return Context.DependentTy;
5961
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005962 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5963 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5964 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5965 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5966 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5967 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5968 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5969 }
5970 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5971 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5972 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005973 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005974 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005975
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005976 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
5977 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
5978 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
5979 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
5980 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
5981 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
5982 // branch of the if, below.
5983 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
5984 << dcl;
5985 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
5986
5987 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
5988 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5989 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
5990 .getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005991 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
5992 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
5993 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
5994 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
5995 if (isSFINAEContext())
5996 return QualType();
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005997 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005998 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005999 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006000 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006001 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006002 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
6003 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006004 return QualType();
6005 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00006006 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006007 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
6008 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6009 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00006010 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson09380262010-01-31 17:18:49 +00006011 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006012 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006013 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00006014 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006015 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00006016 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
6017 // cannot take address of a property expression.
6018 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6019 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
6020 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00006021 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
6022 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00006023 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
6024 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006025 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
6026 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006027 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006028 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006029 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6030 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
6031 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006032 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6033 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006034 return QualType();
6035 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006036 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006037 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006038 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006039 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006040 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6041 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006042 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006043 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006044 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6045 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006046 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006047 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6048 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6049 return QualType();
6050 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006051
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006052 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6053 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006054 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006055 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006056 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006057 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006058 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006059 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6060 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006061 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6062 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6063 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006064 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006065 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006066
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006067 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6068 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6069 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6070 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6071 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6072 }
6073
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006074 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
6075 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
6076}
6077
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006078QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006079 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6080 return Context.DependentTy;
6081
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006082 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6083 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006084
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006085 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6086 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6087 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6088 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006089 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006090 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006091
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006092 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006093 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006094
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006095 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006096 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006097 return QualType();
6098}
6099
6100static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6101 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6102 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6103 switch (Kind) {
6104 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006105 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6106 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006107 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6108 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6109 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6110 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6111 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6112 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6113 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6114 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6115 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6116 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6117 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6118 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6119 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6120 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6121 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6122 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6123 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6124 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6125 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6126 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6127 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6128 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6129 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6130 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6131 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6132 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6133 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6134 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6135 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6136 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6137 }
6138 return Opc;
6139}
6140
6141static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6142 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6143 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6144 switch (Kind) {
6145 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6146 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6147 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6148 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6149 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6150 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6151 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6152 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6153 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006154 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6155 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
6156 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
6157 }
6158 return Opc;
6159}
6160
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006161/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6162/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6163/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006164Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6165 unsigned Op,
6166 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006167 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006168 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006169 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6170 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6171 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006172
6173 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006174 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6175 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6176 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006177 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6178 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6179 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6180 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6181 break;
6182 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006183 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006184 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6185 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006186 break;
6187 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6188 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6189 break;
6190 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6191 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6192 break;
6193 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6194 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6195 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006196 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006197 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6198 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6199 break;
6200 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6201 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6202 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6203 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006204 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006205 break;
6206 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6207 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006208 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006209 break;
6210 case BinaryOperator::And:
6211 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6212 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6213 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6214 break;
6215 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6216 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6217 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6218 break;
6219 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6220 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006221 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6222 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006223 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6224 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6225 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006226 break;
6227 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006228 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6229 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6230 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6231 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006232 break;
6233 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006234 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6235 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6236 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006237 break;
6238 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006239 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6240 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6241 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006242 break;
6243 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6244 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006245 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6246 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6247 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6248 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006249 break;
6250 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6251 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6252 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006253 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6254 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6255 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6256 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006257 break;
6258 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6259 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6260 break;
6261 }
6262 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006263 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006264 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006265 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6266 else
6267 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006268 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6269 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006270}
6271
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006272/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6273/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006274static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6275 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006276 const PartialDiagnostic &FirstNote,
6277 SourceRange FirstParenRange,
6278 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondNote,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006279 SourceRange SecondParenRange) {
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006280 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6281
6282 if (!FirstNote.getDiagID())
6283 return;
6284
6285 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstParenRange.getEnd());
6286 if (!FirstParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6287 // We can't display the parentheses, so just return.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006288 return;
6289 }
6290
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006291 Self.Diag(Loc, FirstNote)
6292 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006293 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006294
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006295 if (!SecondNote.getDiagID())
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006296 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006297
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006298 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6299 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6300 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6301 // warning/error and return.
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006302 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote);
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006303 return;
6304 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006305
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006306 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006307 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6308 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006309}
6310
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006311/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6312/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6313/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6314/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006315static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6316 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006317 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6318 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6319 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6320 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006321 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006322 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006323 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6324
6325 // Subs are not binary operators.
6326 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6327 return;
6328
6329 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6330 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006331 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6332 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006333 return;
6334
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006335 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006336 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006337 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006338 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6339 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006340 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006341 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006342 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()),
6343 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence)
6344 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
6345 lhs->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006346 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006347 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006348 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006349 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6350 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregorfe6b2d42010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006351 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006352 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00006353 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()),
6354 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence)
6355 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
6356 rhs->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006357}
6358
6359/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6360/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6361/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6362static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6363 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006364 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006365 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6366}
6367
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006368// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006369Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6370 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6371 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006372 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006373 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006374
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006375 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6376 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006377
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006378 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6379 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6380
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006381 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6382}
6383
6384Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6385 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6386 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006387 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006388 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006389 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6390 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6391 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6392 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6393 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006394 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006395 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006396 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6397 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6398 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006399
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006400 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6401 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006402 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006403 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006404
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006405 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006406 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006407}
6408
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006409Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006410 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006411 ExprArg InputArg) {
6412 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006413
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006414 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006415 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006416 QualType resultType;
6417 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006418 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6419 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6420 break;
6421
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006422 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6423 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006424 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6425 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006426 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006427 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6428 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006429 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006430 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006431 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6432 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006433 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006434 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006435 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6436 break;
6437 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6438 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006439 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6440 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006441 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6442 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006443 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6444 break;
6445 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6446 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6447 break;
6448 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6449 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6450 resultType->isPointerType())
6451 break;
6452
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006453 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6454 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006455 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006456 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6457 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006458 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6459 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006460 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6461 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6462 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006463 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006464 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006465 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006466 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6467 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006468 break;
6469 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
6470 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006471 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006472 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006473 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6474 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006475 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006476 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6477 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006478 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006479 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6480 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006481 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006482 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006483 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006484 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006485 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006486 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006487 resultType = Input->getType();
6488 break;
6489 }
6490 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006491 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006492
6493 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006494 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006495}
6496
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006497Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6498 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6499 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006500 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlssona8a1e3d2009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006501 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6502 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006503 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6504 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6505 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6506 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006507 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006508 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006509 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6510 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6511 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006512
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006513 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6514 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006515
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006516 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6517}
6518
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006519// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6520Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6521 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6522 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6523}
6524
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006525/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006526Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6527 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6528 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006529 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006530 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006531
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006532 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6533 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006534 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006535 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006536
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006537 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006538 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6539 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006540}
6541
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006542Sema::OwningExprResult
6543Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6544 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6545 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006546 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6547 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6548
Douglas Gregordd8f5692010-03-10 04:54:39 +00006549 bool isFileScope
6550 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006551 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006552 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006553
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006554 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6555 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6556 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006557
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006558 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6559 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6560 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006561
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006562 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6563 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6564 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6565 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6566 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006567
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006568 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006569 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006570 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006571
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006572 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6573 // expressions are not lvalues.
6574
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006575 substmt.release();
6576 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006577}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006578
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006579Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6580 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6581 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6582 TypeTy *argty,
6583 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6584 unsigned NumComponents,
6585 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6586 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6587 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006588 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6589 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006590 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006591
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006592 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6593
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006594 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6595 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6596 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006597 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006598 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006599
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006600 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6601 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006602
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006603 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6604 // the offsetof designators.
6605 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6606 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006607 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006608 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006609
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006610 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6611 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006612 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6613 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006614 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006615 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6616 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006617
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006618 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006619 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006620
John McCalld00f2002009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006621 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6622 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6623 return ExprError();
6624
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006625 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6626 // leaks like a sieve.
6627 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6628 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6629 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6630 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6631 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6632 if (!AT) {
6633 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006634 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6635 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006636 }
6637
6638 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6639
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006640 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6641 // expression.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006642 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res);
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006643
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006644 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6645 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006646 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006647 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006648 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006649 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006650 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006651
6652 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6653 OC.LocEnd);
6654 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006655 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006656
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006657 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006658 if (!RC) {
6659 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006660 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6661 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006662 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006663
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006664 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6665 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006666 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006667 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6668 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6669 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6670 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6671 << Res->getType()))
6672 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006673 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006674
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006675 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6676 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006677
John McCall1bcee0a2009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006678 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006679 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006680 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006681 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6682 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006683
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006684 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6685 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006686 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006687 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall09b6d0e2009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006688 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006689 } else {
John McCall6bb80172010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006690 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6691 *R.begin(), MemberDecl);
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006692 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6693 // doesn't matter here.
6694 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6695 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6696 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006697 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006698 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006699
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006700 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6701 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006702}
6703
6704
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006705Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6706 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6707 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006708 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6709 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6710 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006711
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006712 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006713
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006714 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6715 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6716 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6717 return ExprError();
6718 }
6719
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006720 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6721 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006722}
6723
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006724Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6725 ExprArg cond,
6726 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6727 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6728 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6729 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6730 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006731
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006732 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6733
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006734 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006735 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006736 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006737 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006738 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006739 } else {
6740 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6741 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6742 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6743 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006744 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6745 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6746 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006747
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006748 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6749 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006750 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6751 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006752 }
6753
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006754 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6755 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006756 resType, RPLoc,
6757 resType->isDependentType(),
6758 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006759}
6760
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006761//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6762// Clang Extensions.
6763//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6764
6765/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006766void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006767 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
6768 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
6769 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
6770 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006771}
6772
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006773void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006774 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006775 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006776
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006777 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6778 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006779 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006780 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6781
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006782 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6783 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6784 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6785 return;
6786 }
6787
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006788 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6789 if (!T->isFunctionType())
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006790 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6791 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006792
6793 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6794 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006795 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006796 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006797 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006798 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006799 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6800 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006801 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006802
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006803 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6804 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6805 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6806 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6807 return;
6808 }
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006809
6810 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006811 return;
6812 }
6813
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006814 // Analyze arguments to block.
6815 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6816 "Not a function declarator!");
6817 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006818
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006819 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6820 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006821
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006822 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6823 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6824 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6825 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006826 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6827 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006828 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006829 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006830 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
Fariborz Jahanian9a66c302010-02-12 21:53:14 +00006831 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6832 ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
6833 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
6834 !Param->isImplicit() &&
6835 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
6836 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6837 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
6838 CurBlock->Params.push_back(Param);
6839 }
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006840 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006841 }
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00006842 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006843 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006844 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006845 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006846
6847 bool ShouldCheckShadow =
6848 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored;
6849
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006850 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006851 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
6852 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
6853
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006854 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006855 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
6856 if (ShouldCheckShadow)
6857 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
6858
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006859 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCall053f4bd2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006860 }
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006861 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006862
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006863 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006864 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006865 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006866 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006867 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006868 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6869 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006870
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006871 // Analyze the return type.
6872 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006873 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006874
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006875 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6876 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6877 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6878 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6879 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006880 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006881}
6882
6883/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6884/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6885void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006886 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006887 PopDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006888 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006889 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006890}
6891
6892/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6893/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006894Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6895 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006896 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6897 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6898 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006899
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006900 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006901
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006902 PopDeclContext();
6903
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006904 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006905 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6906 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006907
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006908 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6909 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6910 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006911
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006912 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006913 QualType BlockTy;
6914 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006915 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006916 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006917 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006918 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006919 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006920 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006921
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006922 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006923 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006924 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006925
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006926 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006927 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006928 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006929
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006930 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006931
6932 bool Good = true;
6933 // Check goto/label use.
6934 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
6935 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6936 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
6937
6938 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
6939 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
6940 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
6941 continue;
6942
6943 // Emit error.
6944 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
6945 Good = false;
6946 }
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006947 if (!Good) {
6948 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006949 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006950 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006951
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006952 // Issue any analysis-based warnings.
Ted Kremenekd064fdc2010-03-23 00:13:23 +00006953 const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP =
6954 AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
6955 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Ted Kremenekdbdbaaf2010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006956
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006957 Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6958 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006959 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006960 return Owned(Result);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006961}
6962
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006963Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6964 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6965 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006966 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006967 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6968 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006969
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006970 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006971
6972 // Get the va_list type
6973 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006974 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6975 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6976 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6977 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006978 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006979 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6980 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6981 } else {
6982 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6983 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006984 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006985 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006986 return ExprError();
6987 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006988
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006989 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6990 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006991 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6992 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006993 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006994 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006995
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006996 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006997 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006998
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006999 expr.release();
7000 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
7001 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007002}
7003
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007004Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007005 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
7006 // pointers on the target.
7007 QualType Ty;
7008 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
7009 Ty = Context.IntTy;
7010 else
7011 Ty = Context.LongTy;
7012
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007013 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007014}
7015
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007016static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType,
7017 Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) {
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007018 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
7019 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007020
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007021 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7022 if (!PT)
7023 return;
7024
7025 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
7026 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
7027 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
7028 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
7029 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
7030 return;
7031 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007032
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007033 // Strip off any parens and casts.
7034 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
7035 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
7036 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007037
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007038 Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007039}
7040
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007041bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7042 SourceLocation Loc,
7043 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregora41a8c52010-04-22 00:20:18 +00007044 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
7045 bool *Complained) {
7046 if (Complained)
7047 *Complained = false;
7048
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007049 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7050 bool isInvalid = false;
7051 unsigned DiagKind;
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007052 FixItHint Hint;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007053
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007054 switch (ConvTy) {
7055 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7056 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007057 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007058 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7059 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007060 case IntToPointer:
7061 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7062 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007063 case IncompatiblePointer:
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007064 MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007065 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7066 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007067 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7068 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7069 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007070 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7071 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7072 break;
7073 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007074 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7075 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7076 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7077 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7078 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7079 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7080 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7081 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7082 // C++ semantics.
7083 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7084 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7085 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007086 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7087 break;
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007088 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanian3451e922009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007089 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007090 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007091 case IntToBlockPointer:
7092 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7093 break;
7094 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007095 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007096 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007097 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007098 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007099 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7100 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7101 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007102 case IncompatibleVectors:
7103 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7104 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007105 case Incompatible:
7106 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7107 isInvalid = true;
7108 break;
7109 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007110
Douglas Gregord4eea832010-04-09 00:35:39 +00007111 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
7112 switch (Action) {
7113 case AA_Assigning:
7114 case AA_Initializing:
7115 // The destination type comes first.
7116 FirstType = DstType;
7117 SecondType = SrcType;
7118 break;
7119
7120 case AA_Returning:
7121 case AA_Passing:
7122 case AA_Converting:
7123 case AA_Sending:
7124 case AA_Casting:
7125 // The source type comes first.
7126 FirstType = SrcType;
7127 SecondType = DstType;
7128 break;
7129 }
7130
7131 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << FirstType << SecondType << Action
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007132 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Douglas Gregora41a8c52010-04-22 00:20:18 +00007133 if (Complained)
7134 *Complained = true;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007135 return isInvalid;
7136}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007137
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007138bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007139 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7140 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7141 if (Result)
7142 *Result = ICEResult;
7143 return false;
7144 }
7145
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007146 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7147
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007148 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007149 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7150 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7151
7152 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7153 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7154 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7155 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7156 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7157 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7158 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007159
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007160 return true;
7161 }
7162
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007163 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7164 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007165
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007166 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7167 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7168 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007169
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007170 if (Result)
7171 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7172 return false;
7173}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007174
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007175void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007176Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007177 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7178 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007179}
7180
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007181void
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007182Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7183 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7184 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7185 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007186
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007187 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7188 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7189 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7190 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7191 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007192 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007193 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7194 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7195 I != IEnd; ++I)
7196 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7197 }
7198
7199 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7200 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7201 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7202 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7203 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7204 I != IEnd; ++I)
7205 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7206 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007207 }
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007208
7209 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7210 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7211 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7212 // will never be constructed.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007213 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007214 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7215 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7216 ExprTemporaries.end());
7217
7218 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7219 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007220}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007221
7222/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7223///
7224/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7225/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7226/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7227/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7228///
7229/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7230///
7231/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7232void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7233 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007234
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007235 if (D->isUsed())
7236 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007237
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007238 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7239 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7240 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7241 // -Wunused-parameters)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007242 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
Douglas Gregorfc2ca562010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007243 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007244 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregorfc2ca562010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007245 return;
7246 }
7247
7248 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
7249 return;
7250
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007251 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7252 // an instantiation.
7253 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7254 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007255
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007256 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007257 case Unevaluated:
7258 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7259 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007260
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007261 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7262 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7263 // "used"; handle this below.
7264 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007265
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007266 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7267 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7268 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7269 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007270 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007271 return;
7272 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007273
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007274 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007275 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007276 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007277 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7278 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7279 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007280 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor9e9199d2009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007281 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007282 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7283 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7284 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007285
Anders Carlssond6a637f2009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007286 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007287 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7288 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7289 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007290
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007291 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7292 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7293 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7294 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7295 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7296 }
7297 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007298 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007299 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007300 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007301 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007302 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7303 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7304 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7305 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7306 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007307 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007308 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007309 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007310 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007311 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7312 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7313 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007314 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007315 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007316 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7317 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007318
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007319 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7320 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7321 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7322 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7323 Loc));
7324 else
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007325 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007326 Loc));
7327 }
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007328 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007329
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007330 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007331 Function->setUsed(true);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007332
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007333 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007334 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007335
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007336 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007337 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007338 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007339 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7340 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7341 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7342 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7343 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7344 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7345 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7346 }
7347 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007348
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007349 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007350
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007351 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007352 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007353 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007354}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007355
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007356/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7357/// of the program being compiled.
7358///
7359/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007360/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007361/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7362/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7363/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7364/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007365/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007366/// later.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007367///
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007368/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7369/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7370/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7371/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007372bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007373 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7374 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7375 case Unevaluated:
7376 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7377 break;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007378
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007379 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7380 Diag(Loc, PD);
7381 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007382
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007383 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7384 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7385 break;
7386 }
7387
7388 return false;
7389}
7390
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007391bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7392 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7393 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7394 return false;
7395
7396 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7397 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7398 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7399 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007400
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007401 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007402 FD ?
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007403 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7404 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007405 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007406 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7407 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7408 return true;
7409
7410 return false;
7411}
7412
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007413// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7414// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7415void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7416 SourceLocation Loc;
7417
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007418 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7419
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007420 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7421 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7422 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7423 return;
7424
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007425 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7426 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7427 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7428 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7429
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007430 // self = [<foo> init...]
7431 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7432 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7433 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7434
7435 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7436 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7437 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7438 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7439 }
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007440
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007441 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7442 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7443 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7444 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7445 return;
7446
7447 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7448 } else {
7449 // Not an assignment.
7450 return;
7451 }
7452
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007453 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007454 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnam19357542010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007455
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00007456 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007457 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007458 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
Douglas Gregor55b38842010-04-14 16:09:52 +00007459 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
7460 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7461 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007462}
7463
7464bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7465 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7466
7467 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007468 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007469
7470 QualType T = E->getType();
7471
7472 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7473 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7474 return true;
7475 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7476 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7477 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7478 return true;
7479 }
7480 }
7481
7482 return false;
7483}